BEGIN:VCALENDAR
VERSION:2.0
PRODID:-//Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum - ECPv6.15.20//NONSGML v1.0//EN
CALSCALE:GREGORIAN
METHOD:PUBLISH
X-ORIGINAL-URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org
X-WR-CALDESC:Events for Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum
REFRESH-INTERVAL;VALUE=DURATION:PT1H
X-Robots-Tag:noindex
X-PUBLISHED-TTL:PT1H
BEGIN:VTIMEZONE
TZID:America/Chicago
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20230312T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20231105T070000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20240310T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20241103T070000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20250309T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20251102T070000
END:STANDARD
END:VTIMEZONE
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;VALUE=DATE:20241214
DTEND;VALUE=DATE:20241215
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240911T193959Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20241203T170831Z
UID:10000888-1734134400-1734220799@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Lanham Brothers Jamboree Christmas Show
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/lanham-brothers-jamboree-5/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/Copy-of-merry-3.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241205T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241205T203000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240813T170215Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20251111T192704Z
UID:10000880-1733425200-1733430600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Rhonda Vincent Christmas Show
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/rhonda-vincent-christmas/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Square-Rhonda-Vincent.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241122T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241123T000000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20241003T145226Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20241123T175413Z
UID:10000893-1732233600-1732320000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Jerry Garcia:  A Bluegrass Journey Weekend
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/jerry-garcia-november/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Garcia-HOF-Nov-Announce-NO-outlines.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241116T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241116T213000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240809T152614Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20241115T174527Z
UID:10000879-1731783600-1731792600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Andrew Marlin String Band
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/andrew-marlin-string-band/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Andrew-Marlin-String-Band-Square.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241101T184500
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241101T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240820T134530Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240821T152123Z
UID:10000881-1730486700-1730494800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:East Nash Grass Halloween Party
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/east-nash-grass-halloween/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/ENG-Announce-Square-1.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241017T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241017T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240730T153730Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240730T154105Z
UID:10000877-1729191600-1729198800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Isaacs - A Tribute to the Grand Ole Opry
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/the-isaacs-grand-ole-opry/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Isaacs-Bluegrass-HOF-IG.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241011T150000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241012T203000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240827T171049Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20241011T155226Z
UID:10000882-1728658800-1728765000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:ROMPtober Weekend
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/romptober-weekend/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/ROMPtober-social-media-graphics-082224_instagram-1080x1080-2.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241010T183000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241010T193000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240927T155608Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240927T155608Z
UID:10000892-1728585000-1728588600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:AARP Virtual Bluegrass Music Experience & Sweepstakes
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/aarp-3-copy-2/
LOCATION:Virtual Event
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/aarp-square.jpg
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20241003T183000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20241003T193000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240927T155155Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240927T155448Z
UID:10000891-1727980200-1727983800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:AARP Virtual Bluegrass Music Experience & Sweepstakes
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/aarp-3/
LOCATION:Virtual Event
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/aarp-square.jpg
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240914T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240914T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240731T170236Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20260331T152638Z
UID:10000878-1726315200-1726347600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:ROMP Air Show After Party
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/romp-air-show-after-party/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage\, 311 W. 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Air-Show-Square.jpg
GEO:37.7750514;-87.1140719
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage 311 W. 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W. 2nd St.:geo:-87.1140719,37.7750514
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240831T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240831T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240528T151611Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240819T215234Z
UID:10000874-1725130800-1725138000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Hall of Fame Homecoming - Bluegrass Favorites
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/hof-bluegrass-favorites/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Copy-of-Hall-of-Fame-Homecoming-Weekend-Instagram-Post-Square-1.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240830T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240830T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240528T150632Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240528T162836Z
UID:10000873-1725044400-1725051600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Hall of Fame Homecoming - Gospel Classics
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/homecoming-gospel-classics/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Copy-of-Hall-of-Fame-Homecoming-Weekend-Instagram-Post-Square.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240815T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240815T203000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240710T192836Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240815T174731Z
UID:10000876-1723748400-1723753800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Nashville Songwriter
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/the-nashville-songwriter-3/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage\, 311 W. 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Square.jpg
GEO:37.7750514;-87.1140719
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage 311 W. 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W. 2nd St.:geo:-87.1140719,37.7750514
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;VALUE=DATE:20240810
DTEND;VALUE=DATE:20240811
DTSTAMP:20260430T000529
CREATED:20240528T213534Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240711T181024Z
UID:10000875-1723248000-1723334399@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Lanham Brothers Jamboree
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/lanham-brothers-jamboree-fall-2024/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Lanham-square.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240802T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240802T200000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240430T174645Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240430T174645Z
UID:10000871-1722618000-1722628800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Sanctus Real
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/sanctus-real/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage\, 311 W. 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3.png
GEO:37.7750514;-87.1140719
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage 311 W. 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W. 2nd St.:geo:-87.1140719,37.7750514
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240718T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240718T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240503T144401Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240503T150420Z
UID:10000872-1721329200-1721336400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Bellamy Brothers
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/the-bellamy-brothers/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Bellamy-Brothers-Instagram-Post-1.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240705T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240705T200000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240430T162343Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240430T162343Z
UID:10000870-1720198800-1720209600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:JORDAN ST. CYR
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/jordan-st-cyr/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage\, 311 W. 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2-3.png
GEO:37.7750514;-87.1140719
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage 311 W. 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W. 2nd St.:geo:-87.1140719,37.7750514
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240607T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240607T200000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240430T160431Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240430T160907Z
UID:10000869-1717779600-1717790400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Sarah Kroger
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/sarah-kroger/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage\, 311 W. 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1.png
GEO:37.7750514;-87.1140719
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum Outdoor Stage 311 W. 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W. 2nd St.:geo:-87.1140719,37.7750514
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240601T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240601T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240422T173448Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240601T133729Z
UID:10000868-1717268400-1717275600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Kody Norris Show
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/the-kody-norris-show-2024/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Kody-Norris-Instagram-Post.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240427T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240427T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240207T191810Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240207T191810Z
UID:10000866-1714244400-1714251600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Gatlin Brothers
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/the-gatlin-brothers/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/The-Gatlin-Brothers-Instagram-Post.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240425T183000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240425T203000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240102T200717Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240102T200717Z
UID:10000862-1714069800-1714077000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Open Mic Night
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/open-mic-night-2/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Open-Mic-Night.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240413T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240413T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20231221T162925Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20231221T201125Z
UID:10000860-1713034800-1713042000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:RSG -  Chuck Wagon Gang & Goodman Revival
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/rsg-chuck-wagon-gang-goodman-revival/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/RSG-413-Concert-1.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240412T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240412T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20231221T162709Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20231221T201132Z
UID:10000859-1712948400-1712955600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:RSG - Mark Trammell Quartet & Greater Vision
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/rsg-mark-trammell-quartet-greater-vision/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/RSG-412-Concert.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;VALUE=DATE:20240328
DTEND;VALUE=DATE:20240331
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240104T220650Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240312T165525Z
UID:10000865-1711584000-1711843199@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Jerry Garcia: A Bluegrass Journey Opening Weekend Celebration
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/jerry-garcia-a-bluegrass-journey-opening-weekend-celebration/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Garcia-Square.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240315T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240315T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240103T171203Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240104T150939Z
UID:10000863-1710529200-1710536400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Ricky Skaggs & Kentucky Thunder
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/ricky-skaggs-kentucky-thunder/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Ricky-Skaggs-Instagram-Post.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240315T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240315T190000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240208T152451Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240313T152541Z
UID:10000867-1710525600-1710529200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:USPS Bluegrass Stamp Ceremony
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/usps-bluegrass-stamp-ceremony/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum – Lobby Stage\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Bluegrass2024-DCP.jpg
GEO:37.7750514;-87.1140719
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum – Lobby Stage 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.1140719,37.7750514
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;VALUE=DATE:20240315
DTEND;VALUE=DATE:20240318
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20240104T205611Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240104T205611Z
UID:10000864-1710460800-1710719999@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Great American Bluegrass Jam
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/great-american-bluegrass-jam-2024/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/GABJ-Square.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;VALUE=DATE:20240309
DTEND;VALUE=DATE:20240310
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20231205T171804Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20240119T163049Z
UID:10000855-1709942400-1710028799@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Lanham Brothers Jamboree
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/lanham-brothers-jamboree-spring-2024/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Lanham-Brothers-Jamboree-Instagram-Post.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240229T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240229T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20231212T163003Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20231229T180426Z
UID:10000858-1709233200-1709240400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Winter Warmer - Buffalo Wabs & The Price Hill Hustle
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/winter-warmer-buffalo-wabs-the-price-hill-hustle/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Winter-Warmer-Series-Buffalo-Wabs-The-Price-Hill-Hustle-Instagram-Post.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20240208T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20240208T210000
DTSTAMP:20260430T000530
CREATED:20231212T162658Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20231214T172352Z
UID:10000857-1707418800-1707426000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Winter Warmer - Crying Uncle Bluegrass Band
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/winter-warmer-crying-uncle-bluegrass-band/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Winter-Warmer-Series-Crying-Uncle-Bluegrass-Band-Instagram-Post.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
END:VCALENDAR